AuroraMiddleware/gtk2
1
0
Fork 0
forked from AuroraMiddleware/gtk
Code Issues Pull Requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity
e7127daf84
gtk2/gtk/gtkwidget.c
Javier Jardón e7127daf84 Deprecate widget flag: GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE 
Use gtk_widget_is_sensitive() instead

https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=69872
2010-04-03 20:56:29 -04:00

11386 lines
340 KiB
C
Raw Blame History

/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
/*
* Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
* file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
* files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
* GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <locale.h>
#include "gtkcontainer.h"
#include "gtkaccelmap.h"
#include "gtkclipboard.h"
#include "gtkiconfactory.h"
#include "gtkintl.h"
#include "gtkmain.h"
#include "gtkmarshalers.h"
#include "gtkrc.h"
#include "gtkselection.h"
#include "gtksettings.h"
#include "gtksizegroup.h"
#include "gtkwidget.h"
#include "gtkwindow.h"
#include "gtkbindings.h"
#include "gtkprivate.h"
#include "gdk/gdk.h"
#include "gdk/gdkprivate.h" /* Used in gtk_reset_shapes_recurse to avoid copy */
#include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
#include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
#include "gdk/gdkkeysyms.h"
#include "gtkaccessible.h"
#include "gtktooltip.h"
#include "gtkinvisible.h"
#include "gtkbuildable.h"
#include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
#include "gtkextendedlayout.h"
#include "gtkalias.h"
/**
* SECTION:gtkwidget
* @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
* @Title: GtkWidget
*
* GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
* widget lifecycle, states and style.
* <refsect2 id="style-properties">
* <para>
* <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
* properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
* not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
* properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
* This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
* scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
* look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
* </para>
* <para>
* Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
* a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
* gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
* style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
* gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
* </para>
* </refsect2>
* <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
* <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
* <para>
* The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
* custom &lt;accelerator&gt; element, which has attributes named key,
* modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
* </para>
* <example>
* <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* <object class="GtkButton">
* <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
* </object>
* ]]></programlisting>
* </example>
* <para>
* In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
* custom &lt;accessible&gt; element, which supports actions and relations.
* Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
* internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
* </para>
* <example>
* <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
* <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
* </object>
* <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
* <accessibility>
* <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
* <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
* </accessibility>
* <child internal-child="accessible">
* <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
* <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
* </object>
* </child>
* </object>
* ]]></programlisting>
* </example>
* </refsect2>
*/
#define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
#define INIT_PATH_SIZE (512)
enum {
SHOW,
HIDE,
MAP,
UNMAP,
REALIZE,
UNREALIZE,
SIZE_REQUEST,
SIZE_ALLOCATE,
STATE_CHANGED,
PARENT_SET,
HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
STYLE_SET,
DIRECTION_CHANGED,
GRAB_NOTIFY,
CHILD_NOTIFY,
MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
GRAB_FOCUS,
FOCUS,
MOVE_FOCUS,
EVENT,
EVENT_AFTER,
BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT,
BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
SCROLL_EVENT,
MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
DELETE_EVENT,
DESTROY_EVENT,
EXPOSE_EVENT,
KEY_PRESS_EVENT,
KEY_RELEASE_EVENT,
ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT,
LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT,
CONFIGURE_EVENT,
FOCUS_IN_EVENT,
FOCUS_OUT_EVENT,
MAP_EVENT,
UNMAP_EVENT,
PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
SELECTION_GET,
SELECTION_RECEIVED,
PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT,
PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT,
DRAG_BEGIN,
DRAG_END,
DRAG_DATA_DELETE,
DRAG_LEAVE,
DRAG_MOTION,
DRAG_DROP,
DRAG_DATA_GET,
DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED,
CLIENT_EVENT,
NO_EXPOSE_EVENT,
VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
WINDOW_STATE_EVENT,
POPUP_MENU,
SHOW_HELP,
ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
SCREEN_CHANGED,
CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL,
GRAB_BROKEN,
COMPOSITED_CHANGED,
QUERY_TOOLTIP,
KEYNAV_FAILED,
DRAG_FAILED,
DAMAGE_EVENT,
LAST_SIGNAL
};
enum {
PROP_0,
PROP_NAME,
PROP_PARENT,
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
PROP_VISIBLE,
PROP_SENSITIVE,
PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
PROP_STYLE,
PROP_EVENTS,
PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL,
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
PROP_WINDOW,
PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED
};
typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
struct _GtkStateData
{
GtkStateType state;
guint state_restoration : 1;
guint parent_sensitive : 1;
guint use_forall : 1;
};
/* --- prototypes --- */
static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition);
static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation);
static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *previous_style);
static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateData *data);
static void gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *style,
gboolean initial_emission);
static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling);
static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkRegion *region);
static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id);
static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name);
static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value);
static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder);
static void gtk_widget_layout_interface_init (GtkExtendedLayoutIface *iface);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_desired_size (GtkExtendedLayout *layout,
GtkRequisition *minimum_size,
GtkRequisition *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height);
static void gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkRectangle *rect);
/* --- variables --- */
static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
static GtkStyle *gtk_default_style = NULL;
static GSList *colormap_stack = NULL;
static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
static GQuark quark_extension_event_mode = 0;
static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_colormap = 0;
static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
static GQuark quark_rc_style = 0;
static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
/* --- functions --- */
GType
gtk_widget_get_type (void)
{
static GType widget_type = 0;
if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
{
const GTypeInfo widget_info =
{
sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
NULL, /* base_init */
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
NULL, /* class_finalize */
NULL, /* class_init */
sizeof (GtkWidget),
0, /* n_preallocs */
(GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
NULL, /* value_table */
};
const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
const GInterfaceInfo layout_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_layout_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
widget_type = g_type_register_static (GTK_TYPE_OBJECT, "GtkWidget",
&widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
&accessibility_info) ;
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
&buildable_info) ;
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_EXTENDED_LAYOUT,
&layout_info) ;
}
return widget_type;
}
static void
child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
}
static void
gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
GtkObjectClass *object_class = GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
quark_extension_event_mode = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-extension-event-mode");
quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
quark_colormap = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-colormap");
quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
object_class->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
klass->activate_signal = 0;
klass->set_scroll_adjustments_signal = 0;
klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
klass->hide_all = gtk_widget_hide;
klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
klass->size_request = gtk_widget_real_size_request;
klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
klass->state_changed = NULL;
klass->parent_set = NULL;
klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
klass->grab_notify = NULL;
klass->child_notify = NULL;
klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
klass->event = NULL;
klass->button_press_event = NULL;
klass->button_release_event = NULL;
klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
klass->delete_event = NULL;
klass->destroy_event = NULL;
klass->expose_event = NULL;
klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
klass->configure_event = NULL;
klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
klass->map_event = NULL;
klass->unmap_event = NULL;
klass->window_state_event = NULL;
klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
klass->selection_clear_event = gtk_selection_clear;
klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
klass->selection_received = NULL;
klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
klass->drag_begin = NULL;
klass->drag_end = NULL;
klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
klass->drag_leave = NULL;
klass->drag_motion = NULL;
klass->drag_drop = NULL;
klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
klass->screen_changed = NULL;
klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
/* Accessibility support */
klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
klass->no_expose_event = NULL;
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_NAME,
g_param_spec_string ("name",
P_("Widget name"),
P_("The name of the widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_PARENT,
g_param_spec_object ("parent",
P_("Parent widget"),
P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
GTK_TYPE_CONTAINER,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
P_("Width request"),
P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1,
G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
P_("Height request"),
P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1,
G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VISIBLE,
g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
P_("Visible"),
P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SENSITIVE,
g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
P_("Sensitive"),
P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
P_("Application paintable"),
P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
P_("Can focus"),
P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
P_("Has focus"),
P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
P_("Is focus"),
P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
P_("Can default"),
P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
P_("Has default"),
P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
P_("Receives default"),
P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
P_("Composite child"),
P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_STYLE,
g_param_spec_object ("style",
P_("Style"),
P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_EVENTS,
g_param_spec_flags ("events",
P_("Events"),
P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
g_param_spec_enum ("extension-events",
P_("Extension events"),
P_("The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"),
GDK_TYPE_EXTENSION_MODE,
GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL,
g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
P_("No show all"),
P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
*
* Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
* A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
* the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
* whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
*
* Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
* the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
* and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
* property is set to %FALSE again.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
P_("Has tooltip"),
P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
*
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
P_("Tooltip Text"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
* with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
P_("Tooltip markup"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:window:
*
* The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_WINDOW,
g_param_spec_object ("window",
P_("Window"),
P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:double-buffered
*
* Whether or not the widget is double buffered.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
P_("Double Buffered"),
P_("Whether or not the widget is double buffered"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget::show:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[SHOW] =
g_signal_new (I_("show"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::hide:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[HIDE] =
g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::map:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[MAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("map"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unmap:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[UNMAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::realize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[REALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unrealize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::size-request:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @requisition:
*/
widget_signals[SIZE_REQUEST] =
g_signal_new (I_("size-request"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_request),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_REQUISITION | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::size-allocate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @allocation:
*/
widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::state-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @state: the previous state
*
* The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
* See gtk_widget_get_state().
*/
widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::parent-set:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
* just got its initial parent.
*
* The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
* has been set on a widget.
*/
widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
/**
* GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
* if the widget was previously unanchored
*
* The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
* anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
* <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
* ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
* a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
*/
widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
/**
* GtkWidget::style-set:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
* just got its initial style
*
* The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
* on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
* gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
*/
widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STYLE);
/**
* GtkWidget::direction-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
*
* The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
* of a widget changes.
*/
widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
* if it becomes unshadowed
*
* The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
* shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
* another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
* being removed.
*
* A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
* grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
* its ancestor.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::child-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
*
* The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
* <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
* changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
*/
widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
NULL, NULL,
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_PARAM);
/**
* GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @arg1:
*/
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::move-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*/
widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("move-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_real_move_focus),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
G_TYPE_NONE,
1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
*
* The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
* to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
* signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
* #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
* #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
* and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
* the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
* the return value.
*/
widget_signals[EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::event-after:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
*
* After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
* the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
* regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
*
*/
widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
0,
0,
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::button-press-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal
*
* The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
* (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::button-release-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEventButton which triggered this signal
*
* The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
* (typically from a mouse) is released.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::scroll-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEventScroll which triggered this signal
*
* The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
* range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
* button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEventMotion which triggered this signal
*
* The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
* over the widget's #GdkWindow.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
* needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::composited-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
*
* The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
* status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
* See gdk_screen_is_composited().
*/
widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @direction: the direction of movement
*
* Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
* See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("keynav-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::delete-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
*
* The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
* a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
* destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
* this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
* it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::destroy-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
*
* The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
* You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
* from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
* window at destroy time.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::expose-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEventExpose which triggered this signal
*
* The ::expose-event signal is emitted when an area of a previously
* obscured #GdkWindow is made visible and needs to be redrawn.
* #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets will get a synthesized event from their parent
* widget.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[EXPOSE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("expose-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, expose_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-press-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal
*
* The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-release-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal
*
* The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal
*
* The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
* the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered this signal
*
* The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
* the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::configure-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered this signal
*
* The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
* stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus-in-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal
*
* The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
* enters the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus-out-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this signal
*
* The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
* leaves the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::map-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
*
* The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
* mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::unmap-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
*
* The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
* unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::property-notify-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventProperty which triggered this signal
*
* The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
* the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-clear-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal
*
* The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
* the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-request-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventSelection which triggered this signal
*
* The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
* another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
* the @widget's window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event:
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-received:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @data:
* @time:
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-get:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @data:
* @info:
* @time:
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 3,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::proximity-in-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::proximity-out-event
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventProximity which triggered this signal
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-leave:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
*
* The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
* leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
* undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
* with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-begin:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
* custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
*
* Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
* this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
* override what the default handler did.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-end:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
* things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
* with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
* handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
* "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @result: the result of the drag operation
*
* The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
* failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
* operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
* been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
* animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
0, _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-motion:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
* @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*
* The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
* moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
* must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
* If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
* is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
* handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
* displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
*
* If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
* made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
* handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
* defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
* handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
* #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
* when using the drag-motion signal that way.
*
* Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
* keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
* last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
* an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
* the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
* |[
* static void
* drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* guint time)
* {
* GdkAtom target;
*
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
* {
* private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
* gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
* }
*
* target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
* if (target == GDK_NONE)
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* {
* private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
* gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
* }
*
* return TRUE;
* }
*
* static void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (private_data->suggested_action)
* {
* private_data->suggested_action = 0;
*
* /&ast; We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
* * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
* * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
* * the data.
* &ast;/
* str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
* if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
* }
* else
* {
* /&ast; accept the drop &ast;/
* }
* }
* ]|
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-drop:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
* @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*
* The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
* the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
* the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
* zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
* Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
* ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
* the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
* directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
* triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
* or more of the supported targets.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
* #GtkTargetList
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
*
* The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
* site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
* the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
* is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
* gtk_selection_data_set_text().
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @x: where the drop happened
* @y: where the drop happened
* @data: the received data
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
* #GtkTargetList
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
*
* The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
* dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
* determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
* to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
* If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
* (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
* signal is expected to process the received data and then call
* gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether
* the data was processed successfully.
*
* The handler may inspect and modify @drag_context->action before calling
* gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
* following example:
* |[
* void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *drag_context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
* {
* if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
* {
* GtkWidget *dialog;
* gint response;
*
* dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
* GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
* GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
* GTK_MESSAGE_INFO,
* GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
* "Move the data ?\n");
* response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
* gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
*
* if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
* drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
* else
* drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
* }
*
* gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
* return;
* }
*
* gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
* }
* ]|
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 6,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventVisibility which triggered this signal
*
* The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
* is obscured or unobscured.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::client-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventClient which triggered this signal
*
* The ::client-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
* receives a message (via a ClientMessage event) from another
* application.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
* the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[CLIENT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("client-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, client_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::no-expose-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventNoExpose which triggered this signal
*
* The ::no-expose-event will be emitted when the @widget's window is
* drawn as a copy of another #GdkDrawable (with gdk_draw_drawable() or
* gdk_window_copy_area()) which was completely unobscured. If the source
* window was partially obscured #GdkEventExpose events will be generated
* for those areas.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[NO_EXPOSE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("no-expose-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, no_expose_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::window-state-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventWindowState which triggered this signal
*
* The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
* toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
* needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
* this mask automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
* event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::damage-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventExpose event
*
* Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
* The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
* drawable was drawn into.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
0,
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
*
* Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
* to @widget gets broken.
*
* On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
* (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
* application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
* the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 2.8
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget->window
* @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget->window
* @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
* @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
*
* Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
* has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
* focus in keyboard mode.
*
* Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
* whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
* %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
* @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
* should not be used.
*
* The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
* destined function calls.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN,
GTK_TYPE_TOOLTIP);
/**
* GtkWidget::popup-menu
* @widget: the object which received the signal
*
* This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
* menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
* by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
* the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
* a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
* for an example of how to use this signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
*/
widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::show-help:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @help_type:
*/
widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
0,
0,
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::screen-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
* widget was not associated with a screen before
*
* The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
* screen of a widget has changed.
*/
widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_SCREEN);
/**
* GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This signal is present to allow applications and derived
* widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
* for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
*/
widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_Menu, 0,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
P_("Interior Focus"),
P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
P_("Focus linewidth"),
P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
0, G_MAXINT, 1,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
"\1\1",
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
P_("Focus padding"),
P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
0, G_MAXINT, 1,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
P_("Cursor color"),
P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
P_("Secondary cursor color"),
P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
0.0, 1.0, 0.04,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:draw-border:
*
* The "draw-border" style property defines the size of areas outside
* the widget's allocation to draw.
*
* Since: 2.8
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("draw-border",
P_("Draw Border"),
P_("Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"),
GTK_TYPE_BORDER,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:link-color:
*
* The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
P_("Color of unvisited links"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
*
* The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
P_("Visited Link Color"),
P_("Color of visited links"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:wide-separators:
*
* The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
* configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
P_("Wide Separators"),
P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:separator-width:
*
* The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
* This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
P_("Separator Width"),
P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
0, G_MAXINT, 0,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:separator-height:
*
* The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
* This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
P_("Separator Height"),
P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
0, G_MAXINT, 0,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
*
* The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
* horizontal scroll arrows.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
1, G_MAXINT, 16,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
*
* The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
* vertical scroll arrows.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
1, G_MAXINT, 16,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
}
static void
gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
GList *list, *node;
list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
{
GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
}
g_list_free (list);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
switch (prop_id)
{
gboolean tmp;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
const gchar *tooltip_text;
GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
case PROP_NAME:
gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
break;
case PROP_PARENT:
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_STYLE:
gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
break;
case PROP_EVENTS:
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
break;
case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
gtk_widget_set_extension_events (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
break;
case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
{
g_free (tooltip_markup);
tooltip_markup = NULL;
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
tooltip_text = NULL;
tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
switch (prop_id)
{
gpointer *eventp;
gpointer *modep;
case PROP_NAME:
if (widget->name)
g_value_set_string (value, widget->name);
else
g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
break;
case PROP_PARENT:
g_value_set_object (value, widget->parent);
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
{
int w;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
g_value_set_int (value, w);
}
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
{
int h;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
g_value_set_int (value, h);
}
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_COMPOSITE_CHILD) != 0 );
break;
case PROP_STYLE:
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
break;
case PROP_EVENTS:
eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
break;
case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
modep = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
g_value_set_enum (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (modep));
break;
case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
{
gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
gchar *text = NULL;
if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
g_value_set_string (value, text);
g_free (text);
}
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
break;
case PROP_WINDOW:
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
break;
case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GTK_PRIVATE_FLAGS (widget) = PRIVATE_GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE;
widget->state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
widget->saved_state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
widget->name = NULL;
widget->requisition.width = 0;
widget->requisition.height = 0;
widget->allocation.x = -1;
widget->allocation.y = -1;
widget->allocation.width = 1;
widget->allocation.height = 1;
widget->window = NULL;
widget->parent = NULL;
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget,
GTK_SENSITIVE |
GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE |
(composite_child_stack ? GTK_COMPOSITE_CHILD : 0) |
GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REQUEST_NEEDED);
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
g_object_ref (widget->style);
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GtkWidget *container = widget->parent;
guint i;
for (i = 0; widget->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
* signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
**/
void
gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
* class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
*
* Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
* <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
**/
void
gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *child_property)
{
GParamSpec *pspec;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (child_property != NULL);
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count || !widget->parent)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (_gtk_widget_child_property_pool,
child_property,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget->parent),
TRUE);
if (!pspec)
g_warning ("%s: container class `%s' has no child property named `%s'",
G_STRLOC,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget->parent),
child_property);
else
{
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
g_object_notify_queue_add (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue, pspec);
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
* This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
* emitted.
*/
void
gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
else
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_new:
* @type: type ID of the widget to create
* @first_property_name: name of first property to set
* @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
* %NULL-terminated
*
* This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
* its properties in one go. For example you might write:
* <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
* 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
* g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
* cast the object yourself.
*
* Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_new (GType type,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
GtkWidget *widget;
va_list var_args;
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @first_property_name: name of first property to set
* @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
* %NULL-terminated
*
* Precursor of g_object_set().
*
* Deprecated: 2.0: Use g_object_set() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
va_list var_args;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
g_object_set_valist (G_OBJECT (widget), first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
}
static inline void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
parent = widget->parent;
if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
widget->allocation.x,
widget->allocation.y,
widget->allocation.width,
widget->allocation.height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unparent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Should be called by implementations of the remove method
* on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *old_parent;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->parent == NULL)
return;
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach()
*/
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
if (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->focus_child == widget)
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), NULL);
/* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
* to emit hierarchy changed
*/
if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
g_object_ref (toplevel);
else
toplevel = NULL;
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
/* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
* get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
* allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
* (would 0x0 be OK here?)
*/
widget->allocation.width = 1;
widget->allocation.height = 1;
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
else
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
}
/* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
* flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
* in the next parent.
*/
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
old_parent = widget->parent;
widget->parent = NULL;
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
if (toplevel)
{
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
g_object_unref (toplevel);
}
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
if (!widget->parent)
g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroy:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Destroys a widget. Equivalent to gtk_object_destroy(), except that
* you don't have to cast the widget to #GtkObject. When a widget is
* destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
* If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
* from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
* #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
* reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
* widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
* widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
* to the widget with g_object_ref().
*
* In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
* destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
* be destroyed as well.
**/
void
gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_object_destroy ((GtkObject*) widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroyed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
*
* This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
* %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
* "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
* as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
* as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
* be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
* of the same dialog.
**/
void
gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
{
/* Don't make any assumptions about the
* value of widget!
* Even check widget_pointer.
*/
if (widget_pointer)
*widget_pointer = NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
* not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
* container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
* container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
*
* Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
* in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
*
* When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
* mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
* toplevel container is realized and mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
{
g_object_ref (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
{
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
if (widget->parent &&
GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
{
*flag = TRUE;
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
flag);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show_now:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
* (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
* loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
* because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
* this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gint flag = FALSE;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* make sure we will get event */
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) &&
gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
gtk_widget_show (widget);
g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
&flag);
while (!flag)
gtk_main_iteration ();
}
else
gtk_widget_show (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
* hidden (invisible to the user).
**/
void
gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
g_object_ref (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
{
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
* signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
* argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
* result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
* window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
* the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
* is received.
*
* Return value: %TRUE
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
* a container).
**/
void
gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetClass *class;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0)
return;
class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
if (class->show_all)
class->show_all (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Recursively hides a widget and any child widgets.
**/
void
gtk_widget_hide_all (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetClass *class;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0)
return;
class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
if (class->hide_all)
class->hide_all (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_map:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
**/
void
gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget));
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
{
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unmap:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkExtensionMode mode,
GList *window_list)
{
GList *free_list = NULL;
GList *l;
if (window_list == NULL)
{
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, widget->window);
else
window_list = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
free_list = window_list;
}
for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = l->data;
gpointer user_data;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
if (user_data == widget)
{
GList *children;
gdk_input_set_extension_events (window,
gdk_window_get_events (window),
mode);
children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
if (children)
{
gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, children);
g_list_free (children);
}
}
}
if (free_list)
g_list_free (free_list);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_realize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
* widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
* is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
* a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
* realized and mapped automatically.
*
* Realizing a widget requires all
* the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
* gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
* @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
* when you realize it, bad things will happen.
*
* This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
* isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
* need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
* called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
* GtkWidget::expose-event. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
* GtkWidget::realize signal.
**/
void
gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkExtensionMode mode;
GtkWidgetShapeInfo *shape_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) ||
GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
{
/*
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
*/
if (widget->parent == NULL &&
!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
"inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
"Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
TRUE);
if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
{
shape_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
shape_info->shape_mask,
shape_info->offset_x,
shape_info->offset_y);
}
shape_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
if (shape_info)
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
shape_info->shape_mask,
shape_info->offset_x,
shape_info->offset_y);
mode = gtk_widget_get_extension_events (widget);
if (mode != GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE)
gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, NULL);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unrealize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only useful in widget implementations.
* Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
* associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
**/
void
gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, 0, 0);
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, 0, 0);
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
{
g_object_ref (widget);
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED | GTK_MAPPED);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
/*****************************************
* Draw queueing.
*****************************************/
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @width: width of region to draw
* @height: height of region to draw
*
* Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @x, @y,
* @width and @height by calling gdk_window_invalidate_rect() on the
* widget's window and all its child windows. Once the main loop
* becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been processed,
* roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of
* all regions that have been invalidated.
*
* Normally you would only use this function in widget
* implementations. You might also use it, or
* gdk_window_invalidate_rect() directly, to schedule a redraw of a
* #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
*
* Frequently you can just call gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or
* gdk_window_invalidate_region() instead of this function. Those
* functions will invalidate only a single window, instead of the
* widget and all its children.
*
* The advantage of adding to the invalidated region compared to
* simply drawing immediately is efficiency; using an invalid region
* ensures that you only have to redraw one time.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gint width,
gint height)
{
GdkRectangle invalid_rect;
GtkWidget *w;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
return;
/* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->parent)
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (w))
return;
/* Find the correct widget */
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
{
if (widget->parent)
{
/* Translate widget relative to window-relative */
gint wx, wy, wwidth, wheight;
gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
x -= wx - widget->allocation.x;
y -= wy - widget->allocation.y;
gdk_drawable_get_size (widget->window, &wwidth, &wheight);
if (x + width <= 0 || y + height <= 0 ||
x >= wwidth || y >= wheight)
return;
if (x < 0)
{
width += x; x = 0;
}
if (y < 0)
{
height += y; y = 0;
}
if (x + width > wwidth)
width = wwidth - x;
if (y + height > wheight)
height = wheight - y;
}
}
invalid_rect.x = x;
invalid_rect.y = y;
invalid_rect.width = width;
invalid_rect.height = height;
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &invalid_rect, TRUE);
}
static void
widget_add_child_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkRectangle *rect)
{
GdkRectangle child_rect;
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) ||
widget->window != widget->parent->window)
return;
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &child_rect);
gdk_rectangle_union (rect, &child_rect, rect);
}
static void
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkRectangle *rect)
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
{
GtkBorder *draw_border = NULL;
*rect = widget->allocation;
gtk_widget_style_get (widget,
"draw-border", &draw_border,
NULL);
if (draw_border)
{
rect->x -= draw_border->left;
rect->y -= draw_border->top;
rect->width += draw_border->left + draw_border->right;
rect->height += draw_border->top + draw_border->bottom;
gtk_border_free (draw_border);
}
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback)widget_add_child_draw_rectangle,
rect);
}
else
{
rect->x = 0;
rect->y = 0;
rect->width = widget->allocation.width;
rect->height = widget->allocation.height;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
* entire area of a widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
rect.x, rect.y,
rect.width, rect.height);
}
/* Invalidates the given area (allocation-relative-coordinates)
* in all of the widget's windows
*/
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_clear_area:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @width: width of region to draw
* @height: height of region to draw
*
* This function is no longer different from
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(), though it once was. Now it just calls
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(). Originally
* gtk_widget_queue_clear_area() would force a redraw of the
* background for %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() would not. Now both functions ensure
* the background will be redrawn.
*
* Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gint width,
gint height)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget, x, y, width, height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_clear:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function does the same as gtk_widget_queue_draw().
*
* Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_queue_draw() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_clear (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
* be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
* For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
* queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
* except that the widget is not invalidated.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_draw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @area: area to draw
*
* In GTK+ 1.2, this function would immediately render the
* region @area of a widget, by invoking the virtual draw method of a
* widget. In GTK+ 2.0, the draw method is gone, and instead
* gtk_widget_draw() simply invalidates the specified region of the
* widget, then updates the invalid region of the widget immediately.
* Usually you don't want to update the region immediately for
* performance reasons, so in general gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() is
* a better choice if you want to draw a region of a widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkRectangle *area)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
{
if (area)
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
area->x, area->y,
area->width, area->height);
else
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
gdk_window_process_updates (widget->window, TRUE);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
*
* This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
* subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
* uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
* size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
*
* You can also call this function from an application, with some
* caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
* to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
* needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
*
* Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
* a widget will actually be allocated.
*
* See also gtk_widget_get_child_requisition().
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (requisition == &widget->requisition)
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_request() called on child widget with request equal\n"
"to widget->requisition. gtk_widget_set_usize() may not work properly.");
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
_gtk_size_group_compute_desired_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
* @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
* geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
* in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
* requisition.
*
* This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
* it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
* while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
* on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
* and only then returns @widget->requisition.
*
* Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
* can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
* up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
* since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
* implementations have this information; applications should use
* gtk_widget_size_request().
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
_gtk_size_group_get_child_requisition (widget, requisition);
}
static gboolean
invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
gpointer data)
{
gpointer user_data;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
return (user_data == data);
}
/* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
* of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
* same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
* modified by this call.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkRegion *region)
{
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
return;
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && widget->parent)
{
int x, y;
gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &x, &y);
gdk_region_offset (region, -x, -y);
}
gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (widget->window, region,
invalidate_predicate, widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Like gtk_widget_queue_draw(), but only windows owned
* by @widget are invalidated.
**/
static void
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
GdkRegion *region;
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
return;
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
/* get_draw_rectangle() gives us window coordinates, we
* need to convert to the coordinates that widget->allocation
* is in.
*/
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && widget->parent)
{
int wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
rect.x += wx;
rect.y += wy;
}
region = gdk_region_rectangle (&rect);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
gdk_region_destroy (region);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_size_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
*
* This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
* and position to their child widgets.
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
GdkRectangle real_allocation;
GdkRectangle old_allocation;
gboolean alloc_needed;
gboolean size_changed;
gboolean position_changed;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (gtk_debug_flags & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
{
gint depth;
GtkWidget *parent;
const gchar *name;
depth = 0;
parent = widget;
while (parent)
{
depth++;
parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
2 * depth, " ", name,
allocation->width, allocation->height);
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
alloc_needed = GTK_WIDGET_ALLOC_NEEDED (widget);
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REQUEST_NEEDED (widget)) /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
old_allocation = widget->allocation;
real_allocation = *allocation;
aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
if (aux_info)
{
if (aux_info->x_set)
real_allocation.x = aux_info->x;
if (aux_info->y_set)
real_allocation.y = aux_info->y;
}
if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
{
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
real_allocation.width,
real_allocation.height);
}
real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
return;
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget) && position_changed)
{
/* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window
*/
GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
gdk_window_invalidate_region (widget->window, invalidate, FALSE);
gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
if (size_changed)
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget))
{
/* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window and descendents owned by widget
*/
GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
}
}
if ((size_changed || position_changed) && widget->parent &&
GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent) && GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->reallocate_redraws)
{
GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->parent->allocation);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget->parent, invalidate);
gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
* @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
*
* Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
* is closest to the two widgets.
*
* Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
* @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
* share a common ancestor.
**/
static GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
GtkWidget *widget_b)
{
GtkWidget *parent_a;
GtkWidget *parent_b;
gint depth_a = 0;
gint depth_b = 0;
parent_a = widget_a;
while (parent_a->parent)
{
parent_a = parent_a->parent;
depth_a++;
}
parent_b = widget_b;
while (parent_b->parent)
{
parent_b = parent_b->parent;
depth_b++;
}
if (parent_a != parent_b)
return NULL;
while (depth_a > depth_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->parent;
depth_a--;
}
while (depth_b > depth_a)
{
widget_b = widget_b->parent;
depth_b--;
}
while (widget_a != widget_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->parent;
widget_b = widget_b->parent;
}
return widget_a;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
* @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
* @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
* @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
* @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
*
* Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
* relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
* operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
* toplevel.
*
* Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
* was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
* *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
GtkWidget *dest_widget,
gint src_x,
gint src_y,
gint *dest_x,
gint *dest_y)
{
GtkWidget *ancestor;
GdkWindow *window;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
if (!ancestor || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (src_widget) || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (dest_widget))
return FALSE;
/* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (src_widget) && src_widget->parent)
{
gint wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (src_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
src_x -= wx - src_widget->allocation.x;
src_y -= wy - src_widget->allocation.y;
}
else
{
src_x += src_widget->allocation.x;
src_y += src_widget->allocation.y;
}
/* Translate to the common ancestor */
window = src_widget->window;
while (window != ancestor->window)
{
gint dx, dy;
gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
src_x += dx;
src_y += dy;
window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
return FALSE;
}
/* And back */
window = dest_widget->window;
while (window != ancestor->window)
{
gint dx, dy;
gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
src_x -= dx;
src_y -= dy;
window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
return FALSE;
}
/* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (dest_widget) && dest_widget->parent)
{
gint wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (dest_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
src_x += wx - dest_widget->allocation.x;
src_y += wy - dest_widget->allocation.y;
}
else
{
src_x -= dest_widget->allocation.x;
src_y -= dest_widget->allocation.y;
}
if (dest_x)
*dest_x = src_x;
if (dest_y)
*dest_y = src_y;
return TRUE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
widget->allocation = *allocation;
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
{
gdk_window_move_resize (widget->window,
allocation->x, allocation->y,
allocation->width, allocation->height);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
/* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
gdk_window_is_viewable (widget->window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
* signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
* handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
* that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
* its ancestors mapped.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
return can_activate;
}
typedef struct {
GClosure closure;
guint signal_id;
} AccelClosure;
static void
closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
GValue *return_value,
guint n_param_values,
const GValue *param_values,
gpointer invocation_hint,
gpointer marshal_data)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
if (can_activate)
g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
/* whether accelerator was handled */
g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
}
static void
closures_destroy (gpointer data)
{
GSList *slist, *closures = data;
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
g_closure_unref (slist->data);
}
g_slist_free (closures);
}
static GClosure*
widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure;
GClosure *closure = NULL;
GSList *slist, *closures;
closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
{
/* reuse this closure */
closure = slist->data;
break;
}
if (!closure)
{
closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
g_closure_sink (closure);
g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
g_assert (closure->data == widget);
g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
return closure;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
* @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
*
* Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
* @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
* The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
* gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
* Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
* runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
* user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
* gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
*/
void
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_signal,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods,
GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
{
GClosure *closure;
GSignalQuery query;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
if (!query.signal_id ||
!(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
query.n_params)
{
/* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
return;
}
closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
g_object_ref (widget);
/* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
* the accelerator will automatically be locked.
*/
gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
accel_key,
accel_mods,
accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
* @returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
*
* Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods)
{
GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
GList *slist, *clist;
guint n;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
guint i;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
{
gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_list_free (clist);
return is_removed;
}
}
g_list_free (clist);
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_accel_closures
* @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
* @returns: a newly allocated #GList of closures
*
* Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
* with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
* The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
* by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
* #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
* gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
*/
GList*
gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GSList *slist;
GList *clist = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
return clist;
}
typedef struct {
GQuark path_quark;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
GClosure *closure;
} AccelPath;
static void
destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
{
AccelPath *apath = data;
gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
/* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
* @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
*
* Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
* @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
* key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
* will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
* accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
* paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
* to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
*
* This function is a low level function that would most likely
* be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
* use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
* automatically.
*
* Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
* set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
* provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
*
* Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
* pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
* g_intern_static_string().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_path,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
if (accel_path)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
}
else
apath = NULL;
/* also removes possible old settings */
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
if (apath)
gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
}
const gchar*
_gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean *locked)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
if (locked)
*locked = apath ? apath->accel_group->lock_count > 0 : TRUE;
return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
*
* The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
* @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
* is %TRUE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
gboolean handled;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
handled = TRUE;
else
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
0,
group_cycling,
&handled);
return handled;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
gtk_widget_activate (widget);
else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
else
{
g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
}
return TRUE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event)
{
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event)
{
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
return FALSE;
}
#define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
(event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget))
/**
* gtk_widget_event:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a #GdkEvent
*
* Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
* the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
* be emitted without using this function to do so).
* If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
* instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
* it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
* use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
* window.
*
* Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
{
g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
"the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
"followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
return TRUE;
}
return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_send_expose:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a expose #GdkEvent
*
* Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
* an expose event signals on a widget. This function is not
* normally used directly. The only time it is used is when
* propagating an expose event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and
* that is normally done using gtk_container_propagate_expose().
*
* If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
* use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
* To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
* with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
*
* Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gint
gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
}
static gboolean
event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
{
/* Some programs, such as gnome-theme-manager, fake widgets
* into exposing onto a pixmap by sending expose events with
* event->window pointing to a pixmap
*/
if (GDK_IS_PIXMAP (event->any.window))
return event->type == GDK_EXPOSE;
/* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
* delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
* at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
* up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
*/
switch (event->type)
{
case GDK_EXPOSE:
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
case GDK_SCROLL:
return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
#if 0
/* The following events are the second half of paired events;
* we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
* on the second half.
*/
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
#endif
default:
/* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
* or don't have an associated window.
*/
return TRUE;
}
}
static gint
gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
/* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
* hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
* they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
* handling.
*/
if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
return TRUE;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
if (!return_val)
{
gint signal_num;
switch (event->type)
{
case GDK_NOTHING:
signal_num = -1;
break;
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SCROLL:
signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DELETE:
signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DESTROY:
signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
break;
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
if (event->focus_change.in)
_gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
else
_gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
break;
case GDK_CONFIGURE:
signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_MAP:
signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_UNMAP:
signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_NO_EXPOSE:
signal_num = NO_EXPOSE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_CLIENT_EVENT:
signal_num = CLIENT_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_EXPOSE:
signal_num = EXPOSE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN;
break;
case GDK_DAMAGE:
signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
break;
default:
g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
signal_num = -1;
break;
}
if (signal_num != -1)
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
}
if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
else
return_val = TRUE;
g_object_unref (widget);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
*
* For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
* this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
* press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
* activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
{
/* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @hadjustment: (allow-none): an adjustment for horizontal scrolling, or %NULL
* @vadjustment: (allow-none): an adjustment for vertical scrolling, or %NULL
*
* For widgets that support scrolling, sets the scroll adjustments and
* returns %TRUE. For widgets that don't support scrolling, does
* nothing and returns %FALSE. Widgets that don't support scrolling
* can be scrolled by placing them in a #GtkViewport, which does
* support scrolling.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget supports scrolling
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAdjustment *hadjustment,
GtkAdjustment *vadjustment)
{
guint signal_id;
GSignalQuery query;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (hadjustment)
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (hadjustment), FALSE);
if (vadjustment)
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (vadjustment), FALSE);
signal_id = WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->set_scroll_adjustments_signal;
if (!signal_id)
return FALSE;
g_signal_query (signal_id, &query);
if (!query.signal_id ||
!g_type_is_a (query.itype, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET) ||
query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
query.n_params != 2 ||
query.param_types[0] != GTK_TYPE_ADJUSTMENT ||
query.param_types[1] != GTK_TYPE_ADJUSTMENT)
{
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": signal \"%s::%s\" has wrong signature",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), query.signal_name);
return FALSE;
}
g_signal_emit (widget, signal_id, 0, hadjustment, vadjustment);
return TRUE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *new_window)
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
{
GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
GList *tmp_list;
for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
gpointer child;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
while (child && child != widget)
child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->parent;
if (child)
gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
}
g_list_free (children);
}
else
{
GdkWindow *parent;
GList *tmp_list, *children;
parent = gdk_window_get_parent (widget->window);
if (parent == NULL)
gdk_window_reparent (widget->window, new_window, 0, 0);
else
{
children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
gpointer child;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
if (child == widget)
gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
}
g_list_free (children);
}
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
g_assert (client_data != NULL);
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
{
if (widget->window)
g_object_unref (widget->window);
widget->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
if (widget->window)
g_object_ref (widget->window);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
client_data);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reparent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
*
* Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
* count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *new_parent)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
g_return_if_fail (widget->parent != NULL);
if (widget->parent != new_parent)
{
/* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
* the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
* that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
*/
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (new_parent))
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
{
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
}
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_intersect:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @area: a rectangle
* @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
*
* Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
* the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
* an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
* interested in whether there was an intersection.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkRectangle *area,
GdkRectangle *intersection)
{
GdkRectangle *dest;
GdkRectangle tmp;
gint return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
if (intersection)
dest = intersection;
else
dest = &tmp;
return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&widget->allocation, area, dest);
if (return_val && intersection && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
{
intersection->x -= widget->allocation.x;
intersection->y -= widget->allocation.y;
}
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_region_intersect:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: a #GdkRegion, in the same coordinate system as
* @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
* for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
* of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
* @returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
* and @region. The coordinates of the return value are
* relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and
* relative to the parent window of @widget->window for
* widgets with their own window.
*
* Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
* the intersection. The result may be empty, use gdk_region_empty() to
* check.
**/
GdkRegion *
gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkRegion *region)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
GdkRegion *dest;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
gtk_widget_get_draw_rectangle (widget, &rect);
dest = gdk_region_rectangle (&rect);
gdk_region_intersect (dest, region);
return dest;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
void
_gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean was_grabbed)
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
* inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
* something like #GtkFrame won't work.
*
* More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
g_object_unref (widget);
}
static void
reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer data)
{
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
GtkContainer *container;
container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
gtk_container_foreach (container,
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *widget;
/* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
* is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
* be set by the next loop.
*/
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
{
widget = GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
if (widget == focus_widget)
{
/* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
* toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
* This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
*/
if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
return;
}
if (widget)
{
while (widget->parent && widget->parent != focus_widget->parent)
{
widget = widget->parent;
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
}
}
}
else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
{
/* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
* actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
*/
gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
/* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
* set it on the window
*/
widget = focus_widget;
while (widget->parent)
{
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
widget = widget->parent;
}
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
{
gchar *tooltip_markup;
gboolean has_tooltip;
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
{
gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
{
if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
{
_gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
return FALSE;
if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
{
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel) &&
GTK_WINDOW_GET_CLASS (toplevel)->move_focus)
{
GTK_WINDOW_GET_CLASS (toplevel)->move_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel),
direction);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean cursor_only;
switch (direction)
{
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
return FALSE;
case GTK_DIR_UP:
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
"gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
NULL);
if (cursor_only)
return FALSE;
break;
}
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
* widget.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_focus)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (can_focus != gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
{
if (can_focus)
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
else
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_CAN_FOCUS) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
* gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
* input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
* toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
* necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
* toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return widget == GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
else
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* "default".
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (can_default != gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget))
{
if (can_default)
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
else
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_CAN_DEFAULT) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
* toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
* its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_HAS_DEFAULT) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
* %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
* yourself by calling <literal>gtk_widget_set_can_default (@widget,
* %TRUE)</literal>. The default widget is activated when
* the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
* activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
else
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
* within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* "default".
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean receives_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (receives_default != gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget))
{
if (receives_default)
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
else
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
* withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
* %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_grab:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
* is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
*
* See also gtk_grab_add().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_HAS_GRAB) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: name for the widget
*
* Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
* gtkrc file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
* in the gtkrc file. See the documentation for gtkrc files (on the
* same page as the docs for #GtkRcStyle).
*
* Note that widget names are separated by periods in paths (see
* gtk_widget_path()), so names with embedded periods may cause confusion.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name)
{
gchar *new_name;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
new_name = g_strdup (name);
g_free (widget->name);
widget->name = new_name;
if (gtk_widget_has_rc_style (widget))
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
* significance of widget names.
*
* Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
* should not be modified or freed
**/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (widget->name)
return widget->name;
return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_state:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: new state for @widget
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
* of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
* the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (state == GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget))
return;
if (state == GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
else
{
GtkStateData data;
data.state = state;
data.state_restoration = FALSE;
data.use_forall = FALSE;
if (widget->parent)
data.parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget->parent) != FALSE);
else
data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_state:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
*
* Returns: the state of @widget.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
GtkStateType
gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
return widget->state;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
*
* Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
* %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
* gtk_widget_get_visible().
*
* This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
* but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
* some condition.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visible)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (visible != GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
{
if (visible)
gtk_widget_show (widget);
else
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
* take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
* or the widget is obscured in any way.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_visible().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_VISIBLE) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
*
* Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
* all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
* (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
* is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
* one of its parent widgets. Widgets that create a %window for
* themselves in GtkWidget::realize() however must announce this by
* calling this function with @has_window = %TRUE.
*
* This function should only be called by widget implementations,
* and they should call it in their init() function.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_window)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (has_window)
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_WINDOW);
else
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_WINDOW);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
* gtk_widget_set_has_window().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget. Currently only
* #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible are toplevel widgets. Toplevel
* widgets have no parent widget.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_TOPLEVEL) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_drawable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
* to if it is mapped and visible.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_VISIBLE) != 0 &&
(GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_MAPPED) != 0);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_realized:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is realized.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_REALIZED) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_realized:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
*
* Marks the widget as being realized.
*
* This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
* "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean realized)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (realized)
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
else
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_mapped:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Whether the widget is mapped.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_MAPPED) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_mapped:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
*
* Marks the widget as being realized.
*
* This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
* "map" or "unmap" implementation.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean mapped)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (mapped)
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
else
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
*
* Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
* an #GtkWidget::expose-event handler.
*
* This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
* the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
* that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
* the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
* background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
* is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
*
* Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
* If this is not suitable (e.g. because you want to make a transparent
* window using an RGBA visual), you can work around this by doing:
* |[
* gtk_widget_realize (window);
* gdk_window_set_back_pixmap (window->window, NULL, FALSE);
* gtk_widget_show (window);
* ]|
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean app_paintable)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
if (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != app_paintable)
{
if (app_paintable)
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
else
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
* an #GtkWidget::expose-event handler.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_APP_PAINTABLE) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
*
* Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
* to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
* gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
* automatically around expose events sent to the
* widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
* window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
* buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
* update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
* primitives being rendered.
*
* In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
* so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
* if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
*
* Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
* expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
* pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
* gdk_window_begin_paint()).
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean double_buffered)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
if (double_buffered != gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget))
{
if (double_buffered)
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
else
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
* when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
* new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
*
* Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
* allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
* the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
* leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
* setting off will improve performance.
* Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
* off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
* its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
* anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
* %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
* you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
* of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
* regions newly when the widget increases size.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (redraw_on_allocate)
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
else
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
*
* Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
* can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
* user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
* "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean sensitive)
{
GtkStateData data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
if (sensitive == (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE))
return;
if (sensitive)
{
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
data.state = widget->saved_state;
}
else
{
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
}
data.state_restoration = TRUE;
data.use_forall = TRUE;
if (widget->parent)
data.parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget->parent) != FALSE);
else
data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
* the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
*
* The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
* own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
* it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensntive
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @parent: parent container
*
* This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
* #GtkContainer.
* Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
* some details such as updating the state and style of the child
* to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
* gtk_widget_unparent().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent)
{
GtkStateData data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
if (widget->parent != NULL)
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
return;
}
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
return;
}
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
*/
g_object_ref_sink (widget);
widget->parent = parent;
if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent) != GTK_STATE_NORMAL)
data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent);
else
data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
data.state_restoration = FALSE;
data.parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (parent) != FALSE);
data.use_forall = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (parent) != gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
/* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
*/
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget->parent) &&
GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the parent container of @widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->parent;
}
/*****************************************
* Widget styles
* see docs/styles.txt
*****************************************/
/**
* gtk_widget_style_attach:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function attaches the widget's #GtkStyle to the widget's
* #GdkWindow. It is a replacement for
*
* <programlisting>
* widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
* </programlisting>
*
* and should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize"
* implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
* "realize" implementation, because one of the parent classes
* (finally #GtkWidget) would attach the style itself.
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
void
gtk_widget_style_attach (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_rc_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget has been looked up through the rc
* mechanism, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_RC_STYLE) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @style: (allow-none): a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect of a previous
* gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style
*
* Sets the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). You probably don't
* want to use this function; it interacts badly with themes, because
* themes work by replacing the #GtkStyle. Instead, use
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *style)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (style)
{
gboolean initial_emission;
initial_emission = !gtk_widget_has_rc_style (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, style, initial_emission);
}
else
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget))
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_ensure_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style). Not a very useful
* function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is
* realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style
* already.
**/
void
gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget) &&
!gtk_widget_has_rc_style (widget))
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
}
/* Look up the RC style for this widget, unsetting any user style that
* may be in effect currently
**/
static void
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkStyle *new_style = NULL;
gboolean initial_emission;
initial_emission = !gtk_widget_has_rc_style (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
if (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget))
new_style = gtk_rc_get_style (widget);
if (!new_style)
new_style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
if (initial_emission || new_style != widget->style)
gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, new_style, initial_emission);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the widget's #GtkStyle
**/
GtkStyle*
gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->style;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
*
* Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this
* technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file,
* however, they will be overriden if a style is explicitely set on
* the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The #GtkRcStyle structure
* is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is
* possible, using this function, to modify some style values and
* leave the others unchanged.
*
* Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
* with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
* functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
* previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
* make your modifications to the returned style, then call
* gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
* if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
* to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
* effect with the initial modifications.
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRcStyle *style)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_rc_style,
gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
/* note that "style" may be invalid here if it was the old
* modifier style and the only reference was our own.
*/
if (gtk_widget_has_rc_style (widget))
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
* gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
* #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
* modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
* style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
* returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
*
* Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
* normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
* the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
* thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
* to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget. This rc style is
* owned by the widget. If you want to keep a pointer to value this
* around, you must add a refcount using g_object_ref().
**/
GtkRcStyle *
gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
rc_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
if (!rc_style)
{
rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_rc_style,
rc_style,
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
}
return rc_style;
}
static void
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRcFlags component,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
if (color)
{
switch (component)
{
case GTK_RC_FG:
rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
break;
case GTK_RC_BG:
rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
break;
case GTK_RC_TEXT:
rc_style->text[state] = *color;
break;
case GTK_RC_BASE:
rc_style->base[state] = *color;
break;
default:
g_assert_not_reached();
}
rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
}
else
rc_style->color_flags[state] &= ~component;
gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_fg:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the foreground color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_fg().
*
* Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
* All other style values are left untouched. See also
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_FG, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_bg:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the background color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_bg().
*
* Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
* All other style values are left untouched. See also
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
* draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
* background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
* the background of such widgets, you have to set the background color
* on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular
* area around a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget
* and setting the background color on that.
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BG, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the text color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_text().
*
* Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state. All other
* style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground
* color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base())
* for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_base:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the base color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_base().
*
* Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
* All other style values are left untouched. The base color
* is the background color used along with the text color
* (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
* and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
* draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
* background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
* the background of such widgets, you have to set the base color on their
* parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around
* a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget and setting
* the base color on that.
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
}
static void
modify_color_property (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRcStyle *rc_style,
const char *name,
const GdkColor *color)
{
GQuark type_name = g_type_qname (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
GQuark property_name = g_quark_from_string (name);
if (color)
{
GtkRcProperty rc_property = {0};
char *color_name;
rc_property.type_name = type_name;
rc_property.property_name = property_name;
rc_property.origin = NULL;
color_name = gdk_color_to_string (color);
g_value_init (&rc_property.value, G_TYPE_STRING);
g_value_take_string (&rc_property.value, color_name);
_gtk_rc_style_set_rc_property (rc_style, &rc_property);
g_value_unset (&rc_property.value);
}
else
_gtk_rc_style_unset_rc_property (rc_style, type_name, property_name);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_cursor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @primary: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
* @secondary: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
*
* Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
* #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
* style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkColor *primary,
const GdkColor *secondary)
{
GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
modify_color_property (widget, rc_style, "cursor-color", primary);
modify_color_property (widget, rc_style, "secondary-cursor-color", secondary);
gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_font:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @font_desc: (allow-none): the font description to use, or %NULL to undo
* the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font().
*
* Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left
* untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
{
GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
if (rc_style->font_desc)
pango_font_description_free (rc_style->font_desc);
if (font_desc)
rc_style->font_desc = pango_font_description_copy (font_desc);
else
rc_style->font_desc = NULL;
gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *previous_style)
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
gtk_style_set_background (widget->style, widget->window, widget->state);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *style,
gboolean initial_emission)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
if (widget->style != style)
{
GtkStyle *previous_style;
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
{
gtk_widget_reset_shapes (widget);
gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
}
previous_style = widget->style;
widget->style = style;
g_object_ref (widget->style);
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
0,
initial_emission ? NULL : previous_style);
g_object_unref (previous_style);
if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) && !initial_emission)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
else if (initial_emission)
{
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
0,
NULL);
}
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "style");
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
g_object_unref (widget);
}
typedef struct {
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
GdkScreen *previous_screen;
GdkScreen *new_screen;
} HierarchyChangedInfo;
static void
do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkScreen *old_screen,
GdkScreen *new_screen)
{
if (old_screen != new_screen)
{
if (old_screen)
{
PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (context)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
}
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent));
if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) != new_anchored)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
if (new_anchored)
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
else
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
client_data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
*
* Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
* children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
* emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent)))
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
else
info.new_screen = NULL;
if (info.previous_screen)
g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
if (info.previous_screen)
g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
g_object_ref (widget);
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
client_data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_composited:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
* drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
* compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
*
* Please note that the semantics of this call will change
* in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
* window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
* channel being drawn correctly.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
}
static void
propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer dummy)
{
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
propagate_composited_changed,
NULL);
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
}
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_screen: Previous screen
*
* Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
* children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkScreen *previous_screen)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
if (previous_screen)
g_object_ref (previous_screen);
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_screen)
g_object_unref (previous_screen);
}
static void
reset_rc_styles_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
if (gtk_widget_has_rc_style (widget))
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
reset_rc_styles_recurse,
NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Reset the styles of @widget and all descendents, so when
* they are looked up again, they get the correct values
* for the currently loaded RC file settings.
*
* This function is not useful for applications.
*/
void
gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
reset_rc_styles_recurse (widget, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_style:
*
* Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the default style. This #GtkStyle object is owned
* by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed.
*/
GtkStyle*
gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
{
if (!gtk_default_style)
{
gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
}
return gtk_default_style;
}
static PangoContext *
gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
* and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
* by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
* the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
* or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
* match any changes to the widget's attributes.
*
* If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
* deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
* on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-set and
* #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (!context)
{
context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_pango_context,
context,
g_object_unref);
}
return context;
}
static void
update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoContext *context)
{
pango_context_set_font_description (context, widget->style->font_desc);
pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
if (context)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
update_pango_context (widget, context);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (screen)
{
pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
}
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
* this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
*
* Return value: the new #PangoContext
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (!screen)
{
GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
}
context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
update_pango_context (widget, context);
pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
return context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
*
* Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
* this widget.
*
* If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
* notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
* widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
* the #GtkWidget::style-set and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
* for the widget.
*
* Return value: the new #PangoLayout
**/
PangoLayout *
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
PangoLayout *layout;
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
layout = pango_layout_new (context);
if (text)
pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
return layout;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_render_icon:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @stock_id: a stock ID
* @size: (type int) a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
* render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
* multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
* @detail: (allow-none): render detail to pass to theme engine
*
* A convenience function that uses the theme engine and RC file
* settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
* a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
* #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
* such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a string that
* identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that
* theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code.
*
* The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
* after use with g_object_unref().
*
* Return value: a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the stock ID wasn't known
**/
GdkPixbuf*
gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *stock_id,
GtkIconSize size,
const gchar *detail)
{
GtkIconSet *icon_set;
GdkPixbuf *retval;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
icon_set = gtk_style_lookup_icon_set (widget->style, stock_id);
if (icon_set == NULL)
return NULL;
retval = gtk_icon_set_render_icon (icon_set,
widget->style,
gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget),
size,
widget,
detail);
return retval;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @parent_window: the new parent window.
*
* Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *parent_window)
{
GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_parent_window);
if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
{
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
parent_window);
if (old_parent_window)
g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
if (parent_window)
g_object_ref (parent_window);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Gets @widget's parent window.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
**/
GdkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkWindow *parent_window;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
(widget->parent != NULL) ? widget->parent->window : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
*
* Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
* is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
*
* The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
* a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
* children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
* it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
* is removed from a container.
*
* Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
* queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
* a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
* not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
* can queue a resize itself.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean is_visible)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
g_object_ref (widget);
if (is_visible)
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
else
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
}
if (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
else
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
* If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
* needs reorganization.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget);
}
static GdkScreen *
gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
{
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->screen;
else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
return GTK_INVISIBLE (widget)->screen;
}
return NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_screen:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
* at the top.
*
* In general, you should only create screen specific
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkScreen*
gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (screen)
return screen;
else
{
#if 0
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
" for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
" widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
#endif
return gdk_screen_get_default ();
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_screen:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
* this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
* screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
* window at the top.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
* with the widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_display:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
*
* In general, you should only create display specific
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkDisplay*
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_root_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
* only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
* hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
*
* The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
* #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
* create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
* and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkWindow*
gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
* writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
* to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
* change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
* functions instead.
*
* gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
* around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
* what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
* forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
* #GtkWidget::focus" signal; widgets override the default handler
* for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
*
* The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
* moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
* that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
* outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
* call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
* if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
*
* This function replaces gtk_container_focus() from GTK+ 1.2.
* It was necessary to check that the child was visible, sensitive,
* and focusable before calling gtk_container_focus().
* gtk_widget_child_focus() returns %FALSE if the widget is not
* currently in a focusable state, so there's no need for those checks.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) ||
!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return FALSE;
/* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
* don't have to though.
*/
if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
return FALSE;
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[FOCUS],
0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
* a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
* #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
* value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
* gtk_widget_child_focus():
*
* When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
* navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
* focus to.
*
* When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
* navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
* gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
*
* The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
* %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
* values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
* #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
* if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
* becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
* which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
*
* Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
* gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
* navigation.
*
* A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
* (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
* #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
* entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
* that require entering license keys.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_error_bell:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
* If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
* gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
*
* Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
* ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
* or window manager that is used.
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkSettings* settings;
gboolean beep;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
if (!settings)
return;
g_object_get (settings,
"gtk-error-bell", &beep,
NULL);
if (beep && widget->window)
gdk_window_beep (widget->window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_uposition:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @x: x position; -1 to unset x; -2 to leave x unchanged
* @y: y position; -1 to unset y; -2 to leave y unchanged
*
*
* Sets the position of a widget. The funny "u" in the name comes from
* the "user position" hint specified by the X Window System, and
* exists for legacy reasons. This function doesn't work if a widget
* is inside a container; it's only really useful on #GtkWindow.
*
* Don't use this function to center dialogs over the main application
* window; most window managers will do the centering on your behalf
* if you call gtk_window_set_transient_for(), and it's really not
* possible to get the centering to work correctly in all cases from
* application code. But if you insist, use gtk_window_set_position()
* to set #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT, don't do the centering
* manually.
*
* Note that although @x and @y can be individually unset, the position
* is not honoured unless both @x and @y are set.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_uposition (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y)
{
/* FIXME this function is the only place that aux_info->x and
* aux_info->y are even used I believe, and this function is
* deprecated. Should be cleaned up.
*
* (Actually, size_allocate uses them) -Yosh
*/
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (x > -2)
{
if (x == -1)
aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
else
{
aux_info->x_set = TRUE;
aux_info->x = x;
}
}
if (y > -2)
{
if (y == -1)
aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
else
{
aux_info->y_set = TRUE;
aux_info->y = y;
}
}
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && aux_info->x_set && aux_info->y_set)
_gtk_window_reposition (GTK_WINDOW (widget), aux_info->x, aux_info->y);
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && widget->parent)
gtk_widget_size_allocate (widget, &widget->allocation);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
gboolean changed = FALSE;
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
{
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
aux_info->width = width;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
{
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
aux_info->height = height;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && changed)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_usize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: minimum width, or -1 to unset
* @height: minimum height, or -1 to unset
*
* Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
* request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
* force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it is. The
* strange "usize" name dates from the early days of GTK+, and derives
* from X Window System terminology. In many cases,
* gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for toplevel
* windows than this function; setting the default size will still
* allow users to shrink the window. Setting the usize will force them
* to leave the window at least as large as the usize. When dealing
* with window sizes, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful
* function as well.
*
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
* correct.
*
* Deprecated: 2.2: Use gtk_widget_set_size_request() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_usize (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
* @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
*
* Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
* request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
* force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
* would be.
*
* In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
* toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
* still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
* will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
* request. When dealing with window sizes,
* gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
*
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
* correct.
*
* The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
* accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
* However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
* its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
* space than it requested.
*
* If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
* the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
*
* Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
* you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
if (width == 0)
width = 1;
if (height == 0)
height = 1;
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: (allow-none): (out): return location for width, or %NULL
* @height: (allow-none): (out): return location for height, or %NULL
*
* Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
* @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
* and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
* actually use, call gtk_widget_size_request() instead of
* this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *width,
gint *height)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
if (width)
*width = aux_info ? aux_info->width : -1;
if (height)
*height = aux_info ? aux_info->height : -1;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @events: event mask
*
* Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
* mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
* that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
* changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
* so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
* unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
* already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
* mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
* to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
* and receive events on the event box.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
gint events)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
}
static void
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint events,
GList *window_list)
{
GList *l;
for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = l->data;
gpointer user_data;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
if (user_data == widget)
{
GList *children;
gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, events, children);
g_list_free (children);
}
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
*
* Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
* @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
gint events)
{
gint old_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
{
GList *window_list;
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
window_list = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
else
window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, widget->window);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, events, window_list);
g_list_free (window_list);
}
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_extension_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @mode: bitfield of extension events to receive
*
* Sets the extension events mask to @mode. See #GdkExtensionMode
* and gdk_input_set_extension_events().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkExtensionMode mode)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
gtk_widget_set_extension_events_internal (widget, mode, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode,
GINT_TO_POINTER (mode));
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "extension-events");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
* @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
* returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
* returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
*
* Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
* <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
* would return
* %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
* window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
* inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
* seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
* inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
*
* To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
* is set on the result.
* |[
* GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
* if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
* {
* /&ast; Perform action on toplevel. &ast;/
* }
* ]|
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
* if there's no ancestor.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget->parent)
widget = widget->parent;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_type: ancestor type
*
* Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
* <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
* the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
* added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
* about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
*
* Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
* considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
widget = widget->parent;
if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
return NULL;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_colormap:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the colormap that will be used to render @widget. No reference will
* be added to the returned colormap; it should not be unreferenced.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the colormap used by @widget
**/
GdkColormap*
gtk_widget_get_colormap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkColormap *colormap;
GtkWidget *tmp_widget;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (widget->window)
{
colormap = gdk_drawable_get_colormap (widget->window);
/* If window was destroyed previously, we'll get NULL here */
if (colormap)
return colormap;
}
tmp_widget = widget;
while (tmp_widget)
{
colormap = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (tmp_widget), quark_colormap);
if (colormap)
return colormap;
tmp_widget= tmp_widget->parent;
}
return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_visual:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
**/
GdkVisual*
gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_settings:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the settings object holding the settings (global property
* settings, RC file information, etc) used for this widget.
*
* Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
* is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
* to a particular #GdkScreen.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
**/
GtkSettings*
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_colormap:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @colormap: a colormap
*
* Sets the colormap for the widget to the given value. Widget must not
* have been previously realized. This probably should only be used
* from an <function>init()</function> function (i.e. from the constructor
* for the widget).
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_colormap (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkColormap *colormap)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
g_object_ref (colormap);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_colormap,
colormap,
g_object_unref);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
* from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
* will receive.
*
* Return value: event mask for @widget
**/
gint
gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_extension_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves the extension events the widget will receive; see
* gdk_input_set_extension_events().
*
* Return value: extension events for @widget
**/
GdkExtensionMode
gtk_widget_get_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_pointer:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
* @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
*
* Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
* Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
* defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
* #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
* @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *x,
gint *y)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (x)
*x = -1;
if (y)
*y = -1;
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
{
gdk_window_get_pointer (widget->window, x, y, NULL);
if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
{
if (x)
*x -= widget->allocation.x;
if (y)
*y -= widget->allocation.y;
}
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
* intermediate containers.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
* grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *ancestor)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
while (widget)
{
if (widget->parent == ancestor)
return TRUE;
widget = widget->parent;
}
return FALSE;
}
static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
/**
* gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @name: the name to set
*
* Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
* a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_COMPOSITE_CHILD) != 0);
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
if (!quark_composite_name)
quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_composite_name,
g_strdup (name),
g_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Obtains the composite name of a widget.
*
* Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
* a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
* longer needed.
**/
gchar*
gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_COMPOSITE_CHILD) != 0) && widget->parent)
return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent),
widget);
else
return NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
*
* Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
* the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
*
* A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
* container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
* container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
* see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
* builders might want to treat them in a different way.
*
* Here is a simple example:
* |[
* gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
* scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_hscrollbar_new (hadjustment);
* gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
* gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
* gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
* GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
* g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
* ]|
**/
void
gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
{
composite_child_stack++;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
*
* Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
**/
void
gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
{
if (composite_child_stack)
composite_child_stack--;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_push_colormap:
* @cmap: a #GdkColormap
*
* Pushes @cmap onto a global stack of colormaps; the topmost
* colormap on the stack will be used to create all widgets.
* Remove @cmap with gtk_widget_pop_colormap(). There's little
* reason to use this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_push_colormap (GdkColormap *cmap)
{
g_return_if_fail (!cmap || GDK_IS_COLORMAP (cmap));
colormap_stack = g_slist_prepend (colormap_stack, cmap);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_pop_colormap:
*
* Removes a colormap pushed with gtk_widget_push_colormap().
**/
void
gtk_widget_pop_colormap (void)
{
if (colormap_stack)
colormap_stack = g_slist_delete_link (colormap_stack, colormap_stack);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_default_colormap:
* @colormap: a #GdkColormap
*
* Sets the default colormap to use when creating widgets.
* gtk_widget_push_colormap() is a better function to use if
* you only want to affect a few widgets, rather than all widgets.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_default_colormap (GdkColormap *colormap)
{
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
gdk_screen_set_default_colormap (gdk_colormap_get_screen (colormap),
colormap);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_colormap:
*
* Obtains the default colormap used to create widgets.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): default widget colormap
**/
GdkColormap*
gtk_widget_get_default_colormap (void)
{
return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gdk_screen_get_default ());
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_visual:
*
* Obtains the visual of the default colormap. Not really useful;
* used to be useful before gdk_colormap_get_visual() existed.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): visual of the default colormap
**/
GdkVisual*
gtk_widget_get_default_visual (void)
{
return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_default_colormap ());
}
static void
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
{
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dir: the new direction
*
* Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
* controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
* and also the direction in which the children of a container are
* packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
* so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
* reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
* let the default reading direction present, except for containers
* where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
* visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
*
* If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
* set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection dir)
{
GtkTextDirection old_dir;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
else
{
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR)
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
else
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
}
if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_direction().
*
* Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
return GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_LTR (widget) ? GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR : GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL;
else
return gtk_default_direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
g_object_ref (widget);
if (!GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
* @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
* %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
*
* Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
* direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
{
g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
{
GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
gtk_default_direction = dir;
tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
while (tmp_list)
{
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
}
g_list_free (toplevels);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
*
* Obtains the current default reading direction. See
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
*
* Return value: the current default direction.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
{
return gtk_default_direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
if (widget->parent)
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
else if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object)
{
/* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
/* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
/* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_object_unref (widget->style);
widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
g_object_ref (widget->style);
GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->destroy (object);
}
static void
gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
GtkAccessible *accessible;
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_object_unref (widget->style);
widget->style = NULL;
g_free (widget->name);
aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
if (aux_info)
gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
if (accessible)
g_object_unref (accessible);
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_map:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_assert (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
{
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
gdk_window_show (widget->window);
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unmap:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
{
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
gdk_window_hide (widget->window);
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_realize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_assert (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
if (widget->parent)
{
widget->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
g_object_ref (widget->window);
}
widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
gtk_widget_real_unmap (widget);
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
/* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
*/
/* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
* gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
* So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
* (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
*/
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
NULL);
gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
{
gdk_window_set_user_data (widget->window, NULL);
gdk_window_destroy (widget->window);
widget->window = NULL;
}
else
{
g_object_unref (widget->window);
widget->window = NULL;
}
gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
requisition->width = widget->requisition.width;
requisition->height = widget->requisition.height;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_peek_colormap:
*
* Returns colormap currently pushed by gtk_widget_push_colormap, if any.
*
* Return value: the currently pushed colormap, or %NULL if there is none.
**/
GdkColormap*
_gtk_widget_peek_colormap (void)
{
if (colormap_stack)
return (GdkColormap*) colormap_stack->data;
return NULL;
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_set_pointer_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @pointer_window: the new pointer window.
*
* Sets pointer window for @widget. Does not ref @pointer_window.
* Actually stores it on the #GdkScreen, but you don't need to know that.
*/
void
_gtk_widget_set_pointer_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *pointer_window)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
{
GdkScreen *screen = gdk_drawable_get_screen (widget->window);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window,
pointer_window);
}
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Return value: the pointer window set on the #GdkScreen @widget is attached
* to, or %NULL.
*/
GdkWindow *
_gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
{
GdkScreen *screen = gdk_drawable_get_screen (widget->window);
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window);
}
return NULL;
}
static void
synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventType type,
GdkWindow *window,
GdkCrossingMode mode,
GdkNotifyType detail)
{
GdkEvent *event;
event = gdk_event_new (type);
event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
event->crossing.mode = mode;
event->crossing.detail = detail;
event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
event->crossing.state = 0;
if (!widget)
widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
if (widget)
gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
gdk_event_free (event);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_is_pointer_widget:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns %TRUE if the pointer window belongs to @widget.
*/
gboolean
_gtk_widget_is_pointer_widget (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (widget))
{
GdkWindow *win;
GtkWidget *wid;
win = _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (widget);
if (win)
{
gdk_window_get_user_data (win, (gpointer *)&wid);
if (wid == widget)
return TRUE;
}
}
return FALSE;
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
* @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
* @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
* @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
*
* Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
*
* The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
* event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
* poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
* effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
* pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
* an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
* window should be the root window).
*
* When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
* receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
* window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
* crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
*
* When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
* - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
*
* When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
* - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
*/
void
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
GtkWidget *to,
GdkCrossingMode mode)
{
GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
if (from != NULL)
from_window = GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (from)
? _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (from) : from->window;
if (to != NULL)
to_window = GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (to)
? _gtk_widget_get_pointer_window (to) : to->window;
if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
;
else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
while (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == NULL)
break;
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
/* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
}
else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
{
GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
while (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == NULL)
break;
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
/* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
else if (from_window == to_window)
;
else
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
{
if (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == to_window)
break;
if (from_ancestor)
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
if (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == from_window)
break;
if (to_ancestor)
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
}
if (to_ancestor == from_window)
{
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
}
else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
{
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
}
else
{
while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
&& from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
{
from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
from_ancestors);
to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
}
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateData *data)
{
guint8 old_state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
guint8 old_saved_state = widget->saved_state;
/* don't call this function with state==GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE,
* parent_sensitive==TRUE on a sensitive widget
*/
if (data->parent_sensitive)
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
else
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
if (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
{
if (data->state_restoration)
GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = widget->saved_state;
else
GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = data->state;
}
else
{
if (!data->state_restoration)
{
if (data->state != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
widget->saved_state = data->state;
}
else if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
widget->saved_state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
}
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
{
GtkWidget *window;
window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
}
if (old_state != GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) ||
old_saved_state != widget->saved_state)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_POINTER (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_SHADOWED (widget))
{
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
else if (old_state == GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
}
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
data->parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) != FALSE);
if (data->use_forall)
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
data);
else
gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
data);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
*
* Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
*
* Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
* %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
*/
GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean create)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
if (!aux_info && create)
{
aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
aux_info->width = -1;
aux_info->height = -1;
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
}
return aux_info;
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
{
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
}
static void
gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy (GtkWidgetShapeInfo *info)
{
g_object_unref (info->shape_mask);
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetShapeInfo, info);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @shape_mask: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
* @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window
* @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window
*
* Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
* transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_mask()
* for more information.
**/
void
gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
gint offset_x,
gint offset_y)
{
GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
if (!shape_mask)
{
GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
if (widget->window)
gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
}
else
{
GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
shape_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, shape_info,
(GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
shape_info->shape_mask = g_object_ref (shape_mask);
shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
/* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
*/
if (widget->window)
gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
offset_x, offset_y);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @shape_mask: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
* @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window
* @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window
*
* Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
* windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
* gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask() for more information.
*
* Since: 2.10
**/
void
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
gint offset_x,
gint offset_y)
{
GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
if (!shape_mask)
{
if (widget->window)
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
}
else
{
shape_info = g_slice_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
shape_info,
(GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
shape_info->shape_mask = g_object_ref (shape_mask);
shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
/* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
*/
if (widget->window)
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
offset_x, offset_y);
}
}
static void
gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
gpointer data;
GList *list;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &data);
if (data != widget)
return;
gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (window, NULL, 0, 0);
for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (window); list; list = list->next)
gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, list->data);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reset_shapes:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Recursively resets the shape on this widget and its descendants.
**/
void
gtk_widget_reset_shapes (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, widget->window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_ref:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Adds a reference to a widget. This function is exactly the same
* as calling g_object_ref(), and exists mostly for historical
* reasons. It can still be convenient to avoid casting a widget
* to a #GObject, it saves a small amount of typing.
*
* Return value: the widget that was referenced
*
* Deprecated: 2.12: Use g_object_ref() instead.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_ref (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return (GtkWidget*) g_object_ref ((GObject*) widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unref:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Inverse of gtk_widget_ref(). Equivalent to g_object_unref().
*
* Deprecated: 2.12: Use g_object_unref() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unref (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_unref ((GObject*) widget);
}
static void
expose_window (GdkWindow *window)
{
GdkEvent event;
GList *l, *children;
gpointer user_data;
gboolean is_double_buffered;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
if (user_data)
is_double_buffered = gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GTK_WIDGET (user_data));
else
is_double_buffered = FALSE;
event.expose.type = GDK_EXPOSE;
event.expose.window = g_object_ref (window);
event.expose.send_event = FALSE;
event.expose.count = 0;
event.expose.area.x = 0;
event.expose.area.y = 0;
gdk_drawable_get_size (GDK_DRAWABLE (window),
&event.expose.area.width,
&event.expose.area.height);
event.expose.region = gdk_region_rectangle (&event.expose.area);
/* If this is not double buffered, force a double buffer so that
redirection works. */
if (!is_double_buffered)
gdk_window_begin_paint_region (window, event.expose.region);
gtk_main_do_event (&event);
if (!is_double_buffered)
gdk_window_end_paint (window);
children = gdk_window_peek_children (window);
for (l = children; l != NULL; l = l->next)
{
GdkWindow *child = l->data;
/* Don't expose input-only windows */
if (gdk_drawable_get_depth (GDK_DRAWABLE (child)) != 0)
expose_window (l->data);
}
g_object_unref (window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_snapshot:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @clip_rect: (allow-none): a #GdkRectangle or %NULL
*
* Create a #GdkPixmap of the contents of the widget and its children.
*
* Works even if the widget is obscured. The depth and visual of the
* resulting pixmap is dependent on the widget being snapshot and likely
* differs from those of a target widget displaying the pixmap.
* The function gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable() can be used to convert
* the pixmap to a visual independant representation.
*
* The snapshot area used by this function is the @widget's allocation plus
* any extra space occupied by additional windows belonging to this widget
* (such as the arrows of a spin button).
* Thus, the resulting snapshot pixmap is possibly larger than the allocation.
*
* If @clip_rect is non-%NULL, the resulting pixmap is shrunken to
* match the specified clip_rect. The (x,y) coordinates of @clip_rect are
* interpreted widget relative. If width or height of @clip_rect are 0 or
* negative, the width or height of the resulting pixmap will be shrunken
* by the respective amount.
* For instance a @clip_rect <literal>{ +5, +5, -10, -10 }</literal> will
* chop off 5 pixels at each side of the snapshot pixmap.
* If non-%NULL, @clip_rect will contain the exact widget-relative snapshot
* coordinates upon return. A @clip_rect of <literal>{ -1, -1, 0, 0 }</literal>
* can be used to preserve the auto-grown snapshot area and use @clip_rect
* as a pure output parameter.
*
* The returned pixmap can be %NULL, if the resulting @clip_area was empty.
*
* Return value: #GdkPixmap snapshot of the widget
*
* Since: 2.14
**/
GdkPixmap*
gtk_widget_get_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkRectangle *clip_rect)
{
int x, y, width, height;
GdkWindow *parent_window = NULL;
GdkPixmap *pixmap;
GList *windows = NULL, *list;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
return NULL;
/* the widget (and parent_window) must be realized to be drawable */
if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
/* determine snapshot rectangle */
x = widget->allocation.x;
y = widget->allocation.y;
width = widget->allocation.width;
height = widget->allocation.height;
if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
{
/* grow snapshot rectangle to cover all widget windows */
parent_window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (parent_window); list; list = list->next)
{
GdkWindow *subwin = list->data;
gpointer windata;
int wx, wy, ww, wh;
gdk_window_get_user_data (subwin, &windata);
if (windata != widget)
continue;
windows = g_list_prepend (windows, subwin);
gdk_window_get_position (subwin, &wx, &wy);
gdk_drawable_get_size (subwin, &ww, &wh);
/* grow snapshot rectangle by extra widget sub window */
if (wx < x)
{
width += x - wx;
x = wx;
}
if (wy < y)
{
height += y - wy;
y = wy;
}
if (x + width < wx + ww)
width += wx + ww - (x + width);
if (y + height < wy + wh)
height += wy + wh - (y + height);
}
}
else if (!widget->parent)
x = y = 0; /* toplevel */
/* at this point, (x,y,width,height) is the parent_window relative
* snapshot area covering all of widget's windows.
*/
/* shrink snapshot size by clip_rectangle */
if (clip_rect)
{
GdkRectangle snap = { x, y, width, height }, clip = *clip_rect;
clip.x = clip.x < 0 ? x : clip.x;
clip.y = clip.y < 0 ? y : clip.y;
clip.width = clip.width <= 0 ? MAX (0, width + clip.width) : clip.width;
clip.height = clip.height <= 0 ? MAX (0, height + clip.height) : clip.height;
if (widget->parent)
{
/* offset clip_rect, so it's parent_window relative */
if (clip_rect->x >= 0)
clip.x += widget->allocation.x;
if (clip_rect->y >= 0)
clip.y += widget->allocation.y;
}
if (!gdk_rectangle_intersect (&snap, &clip, &snap))
{
g_list_free (windows);
clip_rect->width = clip_rect->height = 0;
return NULL; /* empty snapshot area */
}
x = snap.x;
y = snap.y;
width = snap.width;
height = snap.height;
}
/* render snapshot */
pixmap = gdk_pixmap_new (widget->window, width, height, gdk_drawable_get_depth (widget->window));
for (list = windows; list; list = list->next) /* !NO_WINDOW widgets */
{
GdkWindow *subwin = list->data;
int wx, wy;
if (gdk_drawable_get_depth (GDK_DRAWABLE (subwin)) == 0)
continue; /* Input only window */
gdk_window_get_position (subwin, &wx, &wy);
gdk_window_redirect_to_drawable (subwin, pixmap, MAX (0, x - wx), MAX (0, y - wy),
MAX (0, wx - x), MAX (0, wy - y), width, height);
expose_window (subwin);
}
if (!windows) /* NO_WINDOW || toplevel => parent_window == NULL || parent_window == widget->window */
{
gdk_window_redirect_to_drawable (widget->window, pixmap, x, y, 0, 0, width, height);
expose_window (widget->window);
}
for (list = windows; list; list = list->next)
gdk_window_remove_redirection (list->data);
if (!windows) /* NO_WINDOW || toplevel */
gdk_window_remove_redirection (widget->window);
g_list_free (windows);
/* return pixmap and snapshot rectangle coordinates */
if (clip_rect)
{
clip_rect->x = x;
clip_rect->y = y;
clip_rect->width = width;
clip_rect->height = height;
if (widget->parent)
{
/* offset clip_rect from parent_window so it's widget relative */
clip_rect->x -= widget->allocation.x;
clip_rect->y -= widget->allocation.y;
}
if (0)
g_printerr ("gtk_widget_get_snapshot: %s (%d,%d, %dx%d)\n",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
clip_rect->x, clip_rect->y, clip_rect->width, clip_rect->height);
}
return pixmap;
}
/* style properties
*/
/**
* gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
* @parser: the parser for the style property
*
* Installs a style property on a widget class.
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
GParamSpec *pspec,
GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
{
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
pspec->name);
return;
}
g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
*
* Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
* style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @property_name: the name of the style property to find
* @returns: (allow-none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or %NULL if @class has no
* style property with that name.
*
* Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
GParamSpec*
gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
const gchar *property_name)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
property_name,
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
TRUE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
* @returns: an newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must
* be freed with g_free().
*
* Returns all style properties of a widget class.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
GParamSpec**
gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
guint *n_properties)
{
GParamSpec **pspecs;
guint n;
pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
&n);
if (n_properties)
*n_properties = n;
return pspecs;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get_property:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @property_name: the name of a style property
* @value: location to return the property value
*
* Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *property_name,
GValue *value)
{
GParamSpec *pspec;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
g_object_ref (widget);
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
property_name,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
TRUE);
if (!pspec)
g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
G_STRLOC,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
property_name);
else
{
const GValue *peek_value;
peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
pspec,
(GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
/* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
*/
if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
else
g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
pspec->name,
g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
* @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
* locations to return the property values, starting with the location
* for @first_property_name.
*
* Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
* bindings.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *first_property_name,
va_list var_args)
{
const gchar *name;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_ref (widget);
name = first_property_name;
while (name)
{
const GValue *peek_value;
GParamSpec *pspec;
gchar *error;
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
name,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
TRUE);
if (!pspec)
{
g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
G_STRLOC,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
name);
break;
}
/* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
pspec,
(GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
if (error)
{
g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
g_free (error);
break;
}
name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
* @Varargs: pairs of property names and locations to
* return the property values, starting with the location for
* @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
*
* Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
va_list var_args;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store length of the path, or %NULL
* @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated path string, or %NULL
* @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated reverse path string, or %NULL
*
* Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
* widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
* periods. The name of a widget comes from
* gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
* in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the
* widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
* application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting
* the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
* styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
* file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
* i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
* of @widget's outermost ancestor.
**/
void
gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
guint *path_length,
gchar **path,
gchar **path_reversed)
{
static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
guint len;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
len = 0;
do
{
const gchar *string;
const gchar *s;
gchar *d;
guint l;
string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
l = strlen (string);
while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
{
tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
}
s = string + l - 1;
d = rev_path + len;
while (s >= string)
*(d++) = *(s--);
len += l;
widget = widget->parent;
if (widget)
rev_path[len++] = '.';
else
rev_path[len++] = 0;
}
while (widget);
if (path_length)
*path_length = len - 1;
if (path_reversed)
*path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
if (path)
{
*path = g_strdup (rev_path);
g_strreverse (*path);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store the length of the class path, or %NULL
* @path: (out) (allow-none) location to store the class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
* @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none) location to store the reverse class path as an allocated
* string, or %NULL
*
* Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
* never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
*
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
guint *path_length,
gchar **path,
gchar **path_reversed)
{
static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
guint len;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
len = 0;
do
{
const gchar *string;
const gchar *s;
gchar *d;
guint l;
string = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
l = strlen (string);
while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
{
tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
}
s = string + l - 1;
d = rev_path + len;
while (s >= string)
*(d++) = *(s--);
len += l;
widget = widget->parent;
if (widget)
rev_path[len++] = '.';
else
rev_path[len++] = 0;
}
while (widget);
if (path_length)
*path_length = len - 1;
if (path_reversed)
*path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
if (path)
{
*path = g_strdup (rev_path);
g_strreverse (*path);
}
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_copy:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Copies a #GtkRequisition.
*
* Returns: a copy of @requisition
**/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
return (GtkRequisition *)g_memdup (requisition, sizeof (GtkRequisition));
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_free:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Frees a #GtkRequisition.
**/
void
gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_free (requisition);
}
GType
gtk_requisition_get_type (void)
{
static GType our_type = 0;
if (our_type == 0)
our_type = g_boxed_type_register_static (I_("GtkRequisition"),
(GBoxedCopyFunc) gtk_requisition_copy,
(GBoxedFreeFunc) gtk_requisition_free);
return our_type;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_accessible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
* assistive technology.
*
* If no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library is
* loaded via <envar>GTK_MODULES</envar> or via another application library,
* such as libgnome), then this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise,
* if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget
* instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the
* first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined.
*
* The documentation of the <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/doc/API/2.0/atk/index.html">ATK</ulink>
* library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
*/
AtkObject*
gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetClass *klass;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
return klass->get_accessible (widget);
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
AtkObject* accessible;
accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_accessible_object);
if (!accessible)
{
AtkObjectFactory *factory;
AtkRegistry *default_registry;
default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
accessible =
atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
G_OBJECT (widget));
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_accessible_object,
accessible);
}
return accessible;
}
/*
* Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
* appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
*/
static void
gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
{
iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
if (accessible)
g_object_ref (accessible);
return accessible;
}
/*
* GtkBuildable implementation
*/
static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
{
quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name)
{
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
g_strdup (name), g_free);
}
static const gchar *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
}
static GObject *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname)
{
if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
return NULL;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value)
{
if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else
g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
}
typedef struct
{
gchar *action_name;
GString *description;
gchar *context;
gboolean translatable;
} AtkActionData;
typedef struct
{
gchar *target;
gchar *type;
} AtkRelationData;
static void
free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->action_name);
g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
g_free (data->context);
g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
}
static void
free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->target);
g_free (data->type);
g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder)
{
GSList *atk_relations;
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
quark_builder_atk_relations);
if (atk_relations)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
GSList *l;
GObject *target;
AtkRelationType relation_type;
AtkObject *target_accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
if (!target)
{
g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
relation->target);
continue;
}
target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
{
g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
relation->type);
continue;
}
atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
target_accessible);
}
g_object_unref (relation_set);
g_slist_foreach (atk_relations, (GFunc)free_relation, NULL);
g_slist_free (atk_relations);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
NULL);
}
}
typedef struct
{
GSList *actions;
GSList *relations;
} AccessibilitySubParserData;
static void
accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
guint i;
gint line_number, char_number;
if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
{
gchar *target = NULL;
gchar *type = NULL;
AtkRelationData *relation;
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
{
if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
target = g_strdup (values[i]);
else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
type = g_strdup (values[i]);
else
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
g_free (target);
g_free (type);
return;
}
}
if (!target || !type)
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, "relation",
type ? "target" : "type");
g_free (target);
g_free (type);
return;
}
relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
relation->target = target;
relation->type = type;
data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
{
const gchar *action_name = NULL;
const gchar *description = NULL;
const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
gboolean translatable = FALSE;
AtkActionData *action;
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
{
if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
action_name = values[i];
else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
description = values[i];
else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
return;
}
else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
{
/* do nothing, comments are for translators */
}
else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
msg_context = values[i];
else
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
return;
}
}
if (!action_name)
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, "action",
"action_name");
return;
}
action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
action->description = g_string_new (description);
action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
action->translatable = translatable;
data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
;
else
g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
}
static void
accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *text,
gsize text_len,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
{
AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
}
}
static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
{
accessibility_start_element,
NULL,
accessibility_text,
};
typedef struct
{
GObject *object;
guint key;
guint modifiers;
gchar *signal;
} AccelGroupParserData;
static void
accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
gint i;
guint key = 0;
guint modifiers = 0;
gchar *signal = NULL;
AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
{
if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
values[i],
&modifiers,
error))
return;
}
else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
}
if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
{
g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
return;
}
parser_data->key = key;
parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
parser_data->signal = signal;
}
static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
{
accel_group_start_element,
};
static gboolean
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *data)
{
g_assert (buildable);
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
*parser = accel_group_parser;
*data = parser_data;
return TRUE;
}
if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
*parser = accessibility_parser;
*data = parser_data;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
void
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *toplevel,
gpointer user_data)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
GSList *accel_groups;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
{
accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
}
else
{
g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
}
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
accel_data->signal,
accel_group,
accel_data->key,
accel_data->modifiers,
GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
g_free (accel_data->signal);
g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer user_data)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
g_assert (accel_data->object);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
}
else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (a11y_data->actions)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkAction *action;
gint i, n_actions;
GSList *l;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
action_data->action_name) == 0)
break;
if (i < n_actions)
{
gchar *description;
if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
action_data->context,
action_data->description->str);
else
description = action_data->description->str;
atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
}
}
g_slist_foreach (a11y_data->actions, (GFunc)free_action, NULL);
g_slist_free (a11y_data->actions);
}
if (a11y_data->relations)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
a11y_data->relations);
g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
}
}
/*
* GtkExtendedLayout implementation
*/
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_desired_size (GtkExtendedLayout *layout,
GtkRequisition *minimum_size,
GtkRequisition *natural_size)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (layout);
GtkRequisition requisition = widget->requisition;
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_REQUEST], 0, &requisition);
if (minimum_size)
*minimum_size = requisition;
if (natural_size)
*natural_size = requisition;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkExtendedLayout *layout,
gint width,
gint *minimum_height,
gint *natural_height)
{
GtkRequisition minimum_size;
GtkRequisition natural_size;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (layout));
#if 0
TODO: integrate height-for-width with size-groups
#else
gtk_widget_get_desired_size (GTK_WIDGET(layout),
minimum_height ? &minimum_size : NULL,
natural_height ? &natural_size : NULL);
if (minimum_height)
*minimum_height = minimum_size.height;
if (natural_height)
*natural_height = natural_size.height;
#endif
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkExtendedLayout *layout,
gint height,
gint *minimum_width,
gint *natural_width)
{
GtkRequisition minimum_size;
GtkRequisition natural_size;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (layout));
#if 0
TODO: integrate width-for-height with size-groups
#else
gtk_widget_get_desired_size (GTK_WIDGET(layout),
minimum_width ? &minimum_size : NULL,
natural_width ? &natural_size : NULL);
if (minimum_width)
*minimum_width = minimum_size.width;
if (natural_width)
*natural_width = natural_size.width;
#endif
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_desired_size:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @minimum_size: location for storing the @widget's minimum size, or %NULL
* @natural_size: location for storing the @widget's preferred size, or %NULL
*
* Retreives a widget's desired size, considering restrictions imposed by
* #GtkSizeGroup<!-- -->s. See also: gtk_extended_layout_get_desired_size().
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_desired_size (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *minimum_size,
GtkRequisition *natural_size)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
_gtk_size_group_compute_desired_size (widget, minimum_size, natural_size);
}
static void
gtk_widget_layout_interface_init (GtkExtendedLayoutIface *iface)
{
iface->get_desired_size = gtk_widget_real_get_desired_size;
iface->get_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
iface->get_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
* to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
* default clipboard. Another common value
* is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
* the primary X selection.
*
* Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
* be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
* associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
* window.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
* clipboard already exists, a new one will
* be created. Once a clipboard object has
* been created, it is persistent for all time.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GtkClipboard *
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
selection);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
* which this widget is a the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
* gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
* The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
* want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
* callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
* <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
* (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
* widgets afterwards.
* Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
* mnemonic labels; free this list
* with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
GList *
gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GList *list = NULL;
GSList *l;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
return list;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
*
* Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
* list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
* widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
* its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
* to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
* @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
*
* Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
* must have previously been added to the list with
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
if (new_list)
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current value of the GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
* which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() and
* gtk_widget_hide_all() will affect this widget.
*
* Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
*
* Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
* calls to gtk_widget_show_all() and gtk_widget_hide_all() will affect
* this widget.
*
* This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
* controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean no_show_all)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
if (no_show_all == ((GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget) & GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL) != 0))
return;
if (no_show_all)
GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL);
else
GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_NO_SHOW_ALL);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force)
{
gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_has_tooltip));
if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
{
priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
if (priv_has_tooltip)
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
gdk_window_set_events (widget->window,
gdk_window_get_events (widget->window) |
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
}
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
*
* Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
* tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
* hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
* the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
* tooltip window will be used.
*
* If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
* have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWindow *custom_window)
{
gboolean has_tooltip;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
if (custom_window)
g_object_ref (custom_window);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
custom_window, g_object_unref);
has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
if (has_tooltip && GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
* GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
* using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
*
* Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
GtkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
* is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
* information.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
}
static guint tooltip_query_id;
static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
static gboolean
tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
{
g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
tooltip_query_id = 0;
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
*
* Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
* care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
* handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
*
* Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
* the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
*
* This function will take care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
* and of the default handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
* gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *markup)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
*
* Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
return has_tooltip;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocation:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget's allocation.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
*allocation = widget->allocation;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_allocation:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
*
* Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
* directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
widget->allocation = *allocation;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_requisition:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget's requisition.
*
* This function should only be used by widget implementations in
* order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
* changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
* gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
*
* Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
*requisition = widget->requisition;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @window: a #GdkWindow
*
* Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
* widget's GtkWidget::realize() implementation. The %window passed is
* usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
* window of its parent widget as returned by
* gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
*
* Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
* by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
* widget's init() function.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
if (widget->window != window)
{
widget->window = window;
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
*
* Return value: @widget's window.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
GdkWindow*
gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->window;
}
#define __GTK_WIDGET_C__
#include "gtkaliasdef.c"
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink